Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/bindtextdom.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/bindtextdom.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/bindtextdom.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname)
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+					const char **dirnamep,
+					const char **codesetp));
+
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+   to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+   If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+   modified, only the current value is returned.
+   If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+   modified nor returned.  */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char **dirnamep;
+     const char **codesetp;
+{
+  struct binding *binding;
+  int modified;
+
+  /* Some sanity checks.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = NULL;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  modified = 0;
+
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding != NULL)
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->dirname;
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+		{
+		  if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		    result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+		  else
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		      result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+		      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		      if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+			memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+			free (binding->dirname);
+
+		      binding->dirname = result;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *dirnamep = result;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->codeset;
+	      if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+		{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+			free (binding->codeset);
+
+		      binding->codeset = result;
+		      ++binding->codeset_cntr;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *codesetp = result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+	   && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+    {
+      /* Simply return the default values.  */
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      struct binding *new_binding =
+	(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+	goto failed;
+
+      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The default value.  */
+	    dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (dirname);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+		  memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		  dirname = result;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *dirnamep = dirname;
+	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+	}
+      else
+	/* The default value.  */
+	new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+
+      new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset != NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+	      result = strdup (codeset);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+	      size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+	      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+	      memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+	      codeset = result;
+	      ++new_binding->codeset_cntr;
+	    }
+	  *codesetp = codeset;
+	  new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+	}
+      else
+	new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+      /* Now enqueue it.  */
+      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+	{
+	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  while (binding->next != NULL
+		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+	    binding = binding->next;
+
+	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
+	  binding->next = new_binding;
+	}
+
+      modified = 1;
+
+      /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures.  */
+      if (0)
+	{
+	failed_codeset:
+	  if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	    free (new_binding->dirname);
+	failed_dirname:
+	  free (new_binding);
+	failed:
+	  if (dirnamep)
+	    *dirnamep = NULL;
+	  if (codesetp)
+	    *codesetp = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches.  */
+  if (modified)
+    ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+  return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+  return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dcgettext.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dcgettext.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dcgettext.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+INTDEF(__dcgettext)
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dcigettext.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dcigettext.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dcigettext.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,1186 @@
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-2002,2003,2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+    ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+#  define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try.  */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h.  */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+   PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+   later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3).  */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+   are stored.  */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+  /* Domain in which to search.  */
+  char *domainname;
+
+  /* The category.  */
+  int category;
+
+  /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found.  */
+  int counter;
+
+  /* Catalog where the string was found.  */
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+  /* And finally the translation.  */
+  const char *translation;
+  size_t translation_length;
+
+  /* Pointer to the string in question.  */
+  char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations.  We can use this
+   only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family.  */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations.  */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+     const void *p1;
+     const void *p2;
+{
+  const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+  const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+  int result;
+
+  s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+  s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+  result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+      if (result == 0)
+	/* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+	   operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+	   LC_MESSAGES).  */
+	result = s1->category - s2->category;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+   textdomain(3).  The default value for this is "messages".  */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3).  */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden
+     = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname)
+#endif
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_data_def (_nl_default_dirname)
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+   calls.  */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+				    unsigned long int n,
+				    const char *translation,
+				    size_t translation_len))
+     internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+						 const char *categoryname))
+     internal_function;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+# define category_to_name(category)	_nl_category_names[category]
+#else
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+#endif
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done.  */
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+  void *address;
+  struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
+    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
+       the list.  */							      \
+    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
+      newp->address = (addr);						      \
+      newp->next = (list);						      \
+      (list) = newp;							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    while (list != NULL) {						      \
+      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
+      list = list->next;						      \
+      free (old->address);						      \
+      free (old);							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif	/* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations.  */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+  struct transmem_list *next;
+  char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+   easier methods therefore we make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+#  define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+#  define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+#  define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+#  define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+  if (enable_secure == 0)						      \
+    {									      \
+      if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ())		      \
+	enable_secure = 1;						      \
+      else								      \
+	enable_secure = -1;						      \
+    }
+#endif
+
+/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression.  */
+#include "plural-eval.c"
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+   depending on the plural form determined by N.  */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     int plural;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+  struct binding *binding;
+  const char *categoryname;
+  const char *categoryvalue;
+  char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+  char *single_locale;
+  char *retval;
+  size_t retlen;
+  int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  struct known_translation_t *search;
+  struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+  size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+  size_t domainname_len;
+
+  /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL.  */
+  if (msgid1 == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL)
+    /* Bogus.  */
+    return (plural == 0
+	    ? (char *) msgid1
+	    /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+	    : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+#endif
+
+  __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain.  If
+     CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+     definition left this undefined.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+  /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+     some time.  */
+  search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+	   alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+  memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+  search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+  search->category = category;
+
+  /* Since tfind/tsearch manage a balanced tree, concurrent tfind and
+     tsearch calls can be fatal.  */
+  __libc_rwlock_define_initialized (static, tree_lock);
+  __libc_rwlock_rdlock (tree_lock);
+
+  foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock);
+
+  freea (search);
+  if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+    {
+      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+      if (plural)
+	retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+				(*foundp)->translation_length);
+      else
+	retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+      return retval;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Preserve the `errno' value.  */
+  saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not.  */
+  DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+  /* First find matching binding.  */
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding == NULL)
+    dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+  else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/')
+    dirname = binding->dirname;
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have a relative path.  Make it absolute now.  */
+      size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+      size_t path_max;
+      char *ret;
+
+      path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+      path_max += 2;		/* The getcwd docs say to do this.  */
+
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+	  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+	  __set_errno (0);
+	  ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+	  if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+	    break;
+
+	  path_max += path_max / 2;
+	  path_max += PATH_INCR;
+	}
+
+      if (ret == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We cannot get the current working directory.  Don't signal an
+	     error but simply return the default string.  */
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (plural == 0
+		  ? (char *) msgid1
+		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+	}
+
+      stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+    }
+
+  /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value.  */
+  categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+  categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+  domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+  xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+				 + domainname_len + 5);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+  stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+		  domainname, domainname_len),
+	  ".mo");
+
+  /* Creating working area.  */
+  single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+  /* Search for the given string.  This is a loop because we perhaps
+     got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list.  */
+      while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+	++categoryvalue;
+      if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+	     no valid entry has been found.  We solve this situation
+	     by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+	     will take place.  */
+	  single_locale[0] = 'C';
+	  single_locale[1] = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char *cp = single_locale;
+	  while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+	    *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+	  *cp = '\0';
+
+	  /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+	     outside the dedicated directories.  */
+	  if (ENABLE_SECURE && strchr (single_locale, '/') != NULL)
+	    /* Ingore this entry.  */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+	 domain.  Return the MSGID.  */
+      if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+	  || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+	{
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (plural == 0
+		  ? (char *) msgid1
+		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+	}
+
+
+      /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+	 DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY.  */
+      domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+      if (domain != NULL)
+	{
+	  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+	  if (retval == NULL)
+	    {
+	      int cnt;
+
+	      for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+		{
+		  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+					 msgid1, &retlen);
+
+		  if (retval != NULL)
+		    {
+		      domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (retval != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+		 starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes.  */
+	      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+	      if (foundp == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree.  */
+		  struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+		  newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+		    malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+			    + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+		  if (newp != NULL)
+		    {
+		      newp->domainname =
+			mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+		      memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+		      newp->category = category;
+		      newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		      newp->domain = domain;
+		      newp->translation = retval;
+		      newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+		      __libc_rwlock_wrlock (tree_lock);
+
+		      /* Insert the entry in the search tree.  */
+		      foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+			tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+
+		      __libc_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock);
+
+		      if (foundp == NULL
+			  || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+			/* The insert failed.  */
+			free (newp);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* We can update the existing entry.  */
+		  (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		  (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+		  (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+		  (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+		}
+#endif
+	      __set_errno (saved_errno);
+
+	      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+	      if (plural)
+		retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+	      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	      return retval;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+     const char *msgid;
+     size_t *lengthp;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  size_t act;
+  char *result;
+  size_t resultlen;
+
+  if (domain_file->decided <= 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+  nstrings = domain->nstrings;
+
+  /* Locate the MSGID and its translation.  */
+  if (domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Use the hashing table.  */
+      nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+      nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  nls_uint32 nstr =
+	    W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+	  if (nstr == 0)
+	    /* Hash table entry is empty.  */
+	    return NULL;
+
+	  nstr--;
+
+	  /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr.
+	     We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+	     are represented by strings with an embedded NUL.  */
+	  if (nstr < nstrings
+	      ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len
+		&& (strcmp (msgid,
+			    domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+					      domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset))
+		    == 0)
+	      : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len
+		&& (strcmp (msgid,
+			    domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer)
+		    == 0))
+	    {
+	      act = nstr;
+	      goto found;
+	    }
+
+	  if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+	    idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+	  else
+	    idx += incr;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Try the default method:  binary search in the sorted array of
+	 messages.  */
+      size_t top, bottom;
+
+      bottom = 0;
+      top = nstrings;
+      while (bottom < top)
+	{
+	  int cmp_val;
+
+	  act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+	  cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+				    + W (domain->must_swap,
+					 domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+	  if (cmp_val < 0)
+	    top = act;
+	  else if (cmp_val > 0)
+	    bottom = act + 1;
+	  else
+	    goto found;
+	}
+      /* No translation was found.  */
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+ found:
+  /* The translation was found at index ACT.  If we have to convert the
+     string to use a different character set, this is the time.  */
+  if (act < nstrings)
+    {
+      result = (char *)
+	(domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+      resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer;
+      resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length;
+    }
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->codeset_cntr
+      != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+    {
+      /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+	 since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed.  We
+	 have to reinitialize the converter.  */
+      _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+      _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+    }
+
+  if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+      domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+      domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+#  endif
+# endif
+      )
+    {
+      /* We are supposed to do a conversion.  First allocate an
+	 appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+	 of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+	 to the converted strings in.
+	 There is a slight complication with plural entries.  They
+	 are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings.  We
+	 handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+	 NULs.  */
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+	  && ((domain->conv_tab =
+		 (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings,
+				   sizeof (char *)))
+	      == NULL))
+	/* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table.  */
+	domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+	/* Nothing we can do, no more memory.  */
+	goto converted;
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+	     translated yet.  Do this now.  */
+	  /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+	     We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+	     time.  This is faster than many small allocations.   */
+	  __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE	4080
+	  static unsigned char *freemem;
+	  static size_t freemem_size;
+
+	  const unsigned char *inbuf;
+	  unsigned char *outbuf;
+	  int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+	  transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+	  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+	  inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+	  outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+	  malloc_count = 0;
+	  while (1)
+	    {
+	      transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      size_t non_reversible;
+	      int res;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+			     &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+			     &outbuf,
+			     outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+			     &non_reversible);
+
+	      if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+		break;
+
+	      if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+	      inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	      const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+	      size_t inleft = resultlen;
+	      char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+	      size_t outleft;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+	      if (iconv (domain->conv,
+			 (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+			 &outptr, &outleft)
+		  != (size_t) (-1))
+		{
+		  outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if (errno != E2BIG)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	    resize_freemem:
+	      /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one.  */
+	      if (malloc_count > 0)
+		{
+		  ++malloc_count;
+		  freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+							 freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  if (newmem != NULL)
+		    transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+		      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		      free (old);
+		    }
+# endif
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  malloc_count = 1;
+		  freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+		}
+	      if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+		{
+		  freemem = NULL;
+		  freemem_size = 0;
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+                 at some point.  */
+	      newmem->next = transmem_list;
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+
+	      freemem = (unsigned char *) newmem->data;
+	      freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+	      freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+	      outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+	    }
+
+	  /* We have now in our buffer a converted string.  Put this
+	     into the table of conversions.  */
+	  *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+	  domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+	  /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned.  */
+	  freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+	  freemem = outbuf;
+	  freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+	  freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+	  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+	}
+
+      /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+	 the plural variants.  */
+      result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+      resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+    }
+
+ converted:
+  /* The result string is converted.  */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+  *lengthp = resultlen;
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant.  */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     const char *translation;
+     size_t translation_len;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+  unsigned long int index;
+  const char *p;
+
+  index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+  if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+    /* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression and the
+       given maximum value do not match.  */
+    index = 0;
+
+  /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION.  */
+  p = translation;
+  while (index-- > 0)
+    {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+      p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+      /* And skip over the NUL byte.  */
+      p++;
+
+      if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+	/* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression
+	   evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+	   available for MSGID1.  */
+	return (char *) translation;
+    }
+  return (char *) p;
+}
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+     int category;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+  switch (category)
+  {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+  case LC_COLLATE:
+    retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+  case LC_CTYPE:
+    retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+  case LC_MONETARY:
+    retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+  case LC_NUMERIC:
+    retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+  case LC_TIME:
+    retval = "LC_TIME";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+  case LC_MESSAGES:
+    retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+  case LC_RESPONSE:
+    retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+  case LC_ALL:
+    /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+       value.  */
+    retval = "LC_ALL";
+    break;
+#endif
+  default:
+    /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know.  */
+    retval = "LC_XXX";
+  }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+     int category;
+     const char *categoryname;
+{
+  const char *language;
+  const char *retval;
+
+  /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+     variable.  But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+     locale is the C locale.  This is a GNU extension.  */
+  language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+  if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+    language = NULL;
+
+  /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+     `LC_xxx', and `LANG'.  On some systems this can be done by the
+     `setlocale' function itself.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  retval = __current_locale_name (category);
+#else
+  retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname);
+#endif
+
+  return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+     void *dest;
+     const void *src;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+   program's end.  */
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+  void *old;
+
+  while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+    {
+      struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+      _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+      if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison.  */
+	free (oldp->dirname);
+      free (oldp->codeset);
+      free (oldp);
+    }
+
+  if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+    /* Yes, again a pointer comparison.  */
+    free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+  /* Remove the search tree with the known translations.  */
+  __tdestroy (root, free);
+  root = NULL;
+
+  while (transmem_list != NULL)
+    {
+      old = transmem_list;
+      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+      free (old);
+    }
+}
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dcngettext.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dcngettext.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dcngettext.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dgettext.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dgettext.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dgettext.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dngettext.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dngettext.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/dngettext.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/explodename.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/explodename.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/explodename.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+static char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+static char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.')
+    ++name;
+
+  return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+		  normalized_codeset)
+     char *name;
+     const char **language;
+     const char **modifier;
+     const char **territory;
+     const char **codeset;
+     const char **normalized_codeset;
+{
+  char *cp;
+  int mask;
+
+  *modifier = NULL;
+  *territory = NULL;
+  *codeset = NULL;
+  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'.  */
+  mask = 0;
+  *language = cp = name;
+  cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+  if (*language == cp)
+    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
+       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
+    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+  else if (cp[0] != '@')
+    {
+      if (cp[0] == '_')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the territory.  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *territory = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_TERRITORY;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == '.')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *codeset = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+							   cp - *codeset);
+	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+	      else
+		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (cp[0] == '@')
+    {
+      /* Next is the modifier.  */
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *modifier = ++cp;
+
+      if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	mask |= XPG_MODIFIER;
+    }
+
+  if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+    mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY;
+
+  if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+    mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+  return mask;
+}
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/finddomain.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/finddomain.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/finddomain.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains.  */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+   established bindings.  */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+     const char *dirname;
+     char *locale;
+     const char *domainname;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  const char *language;
+  const char *modifier;
+  const char *territory;
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *normalized_codeset;
+  const char *alias_value;
+  int mask;
+
+  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
+     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
+     the following order:
+		(1) codeset
+		(2) normalized codeset
+		(3) territory
+		(4) modifier
+   */
+
+  /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data.  */
+  __libc_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+  __libc_rwlock_rdlock (lock);
+
+  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+			       NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (lock);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We know something about this locale.  */
+      int cnt;
+
+      if (retval->decided <= 0)
+	_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+      if (retval->data != NULL)
+	return retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+
+  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
+     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
+     done.  */
+  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      locale = strdup (alias_value);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset);
+
+  /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data.  */
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (lock);
+
+  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+     generalization.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier,
+			       domainname, 1);
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (lock);
+
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    /* This means we are out of core.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (retval->decided <= 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+  if (retval->data == NULL)
+    {
+      int cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    free (locale);
+
+  /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated.  Free it.  */
+  if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+    free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must
+   be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays.  */
+void __libc_freeres_fn_section
+_nl_finddomain_subfreeres ()
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+  while (runp != NULL)
+    {
+      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+      if (runp->data != NULL)
+	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+      runp = runp->next;
+      free ((char *) here->filename);
+      free (here);
+    }
+}
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/gettext.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/gettext.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/gettext.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/gettextP.h
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/gettextP.h	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/gettextP.h	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>		/* Get size_t.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+#  include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gmo.h"		/* Get nls_uint32.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i));
+
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+     nls_uint32 i;
+{
+  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* In-memory representation of system dependent string.  */
+struct sysdep_string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  size_t length;
+  /* Pointer to addressed string.  */
+  const char *pointer;
+};
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog.  */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+  /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file.  */
+  const char *data;
+  /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed.  */
+  int use_mmap;
+  /* Size of mmap()ed memory.  */
+  size_t mmap_size;
+  /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine.  */
+  int must_swap;
+  /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory.  */
+  void *malloced;
+
+  /* Number of static strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file.  */
+  const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file.  */
+  const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+
+  /* Number of system dependent strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings.  */
+  const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings.  */
+  const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+  /* Size of hash table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_size;
+  /* Pointer to hash table.  */
+  const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+  /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine.  */
+  int must_swap_hash_tab;
+
+  int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+  char **conv_tab;
+
+  struct expression *plural;
+  unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct.  But ISO C
+   doesn't allow zero sized arrays.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain.  Used to store settings
+   from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset().  */
+struct binding
+{
+  struct binding *next;
+  char *dirname;
+  int codeset_cntr;	/* Incremented each time codeset changes.  */
+  char *codeset;
+  char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+   become invalid.
+   This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
+#endif
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+						 char *__locale,
+						 const char *__domainname,
+					      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+			      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+					  struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+					  struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+			    struct binding *domainbinding,
+			    const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+     internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				  unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				   int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						const char *__codeset));
+extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres PARAMS ((void)) attribute_hidden;
+extern void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function attribute_hidden;
+#else
+extern char *libintl_gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *libintl_dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__msgid));
+extern char *libintl_dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *libintl_ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1,
+				       const char *__msgid2,
+				       unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *libintl_dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					const char *__msgid1,
+					const char *__msgid2,
+					unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *libintl_dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					 const char *__msgid1,
+					 const char *__msgid2,
+					 unsigned long int __n,
+					 int __category));
+extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					 const char *__msgid1,
+					 const char *__msgid2,
+					 int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+					 int __category));
+extern char *libintl_textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					     const char *__dirname));
+extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						      const char *__codeset));
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h  */
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/gmo.h
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/gmo.h	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/gmo.h	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* Internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
+   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+   as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+   when cross-compiling.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+#  else
+  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
+     not portable enough.  */
+  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+  /* The magic number.  */
+  nls_uint32 magic;
+  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
+  nls_uint32 revision;
+
+  /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1.  */
+
+  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+  /* Size of hash table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+  /* Offset of first hash table entry.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+
+  /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1.  */
+
+  /* The number of system dependent segments.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+  /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments.  */
+  nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
+  /* The number of system dependent strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file.  */
+struct string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1.  */
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment.  */
+struct sysdep_segment
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string.  */
+struct sysdep_string
+{
+  /* Offset of static string segments in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+  /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
+     The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  struct segment_pair
+  {
+    /* Size of static segment.  */
+    nls_uint32 segsize;
+    /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end.  */
+    nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+  } segments[1];
+};
+
+/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array.  This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
+   regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit.  */
+#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif	/* gettext.h  */
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/hash-string.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/hash-string.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/hash-string.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Implements a string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+unsigned long int
+__hash_string (str_param)
+     const char *str_param;
+{
+  unsigned long int hval, g;
+  const char *str = str_param;
+
+  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
+  hval = 0;
+  while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+      hval <<= 4;
+      hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
+      g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+      if (g != 0)
+	{
+	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+	  hval ^= g;
+	}
+    }
+  return hval;
+}
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/hash-string.h
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/hash-string.h	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/hash-string.h	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Implements a string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+extern unsigned long int __hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param))
+     attribute_hidden;
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/include/libintl.h
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/include/libintl.h	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/include/libintl.h	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <features.h>
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Provide information about the supported file formats.  Returns the
+   maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision.  */
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
+  ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext (__const char *__msgid) __THROW;
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid)
+     __THROW;
+extern char *__dgettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid)
+     __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext (__const char *__domainname,
+			__const char *__msgid, int __category) __THROW;
+extern char *__dcgettext (__const char *__domainname,
+			  __const char *__msgid, int __category)
+     __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *ngettext (__const char *__msgid1, __const char *__msgid2,
+		       unsigned long int __n)
+     __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (1) __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dngettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid1,
+			__const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
+     __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2) __attribute_format_arg__ (3);
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dcngettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid1,
+			 __const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+			 int __category)
+     __THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2) __attribute_format_arg__ (3);
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain (__const char *__domainname) __THROW;
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain (__const char *__domainname,
+			     __const char *__dirname) __THROW;
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (__const char *__domainname,
+				      __const char *__codeset) __THROW;
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the function above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZE__ && !defined __cplusplus
+
+/* We need NULL for `gettext'.  */
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* We need LC_MESSAGES for `dgettext'.  */
+# include <locale.h>
+
+/* These must be macros.  Inlined functions are useless because the
+   `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
+   false.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+  dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif	/* Optimizing.  */
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/intl.smak
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/intl.smak	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/intl.smak	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+libc.TSRC += $(wildcard src/lib/lgpl/intl/*.c)
+
+#$(foreach srcfile,$(wildcard src/lib/lgpl/intl/*.c), \
+#	$(eval .TCF.$(srcfile) :=  ))
+
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/l10nflist.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/l10nflist.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/l10nflist.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+     const char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  size_t count = 0;
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len + 1;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      count++;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
+# endif
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+   except the last into the character SEP.  */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+     int sep;
+{
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      if (len > 0)
+	*argz++ = sep;
+    }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
+  INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
+# endif
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+				  const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t argz_len;
+     const char *entry;
+{
+  if (entry)
+    {
+      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+    }
+  else
+    if (argz_len > 0)
+      return argz;
+    else
+      return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
+  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier,
+		    filename, do_allocate)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+     const char *dirlist;
+     size_t dirlist_len;
+     int mask;
+     const char *language;
+     const char *territory;
+     const char *codeset;
+     const char *normalized_codeset;
+     const char *modifier;
+     const char *filename;
+     int do_allocate;
+{
+  char *abs_filename;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  char *cp;
+  size_t entries;
+  int cnt;
+
+  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
+  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+				  + strlen (language)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0
+				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+  if (abs_filename == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval = NULL;
+  last = NULL;
+
+  /* Construct file name.  */
+  memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+  __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':');
+  cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+  if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '_';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '@';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+    }
+
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+     available.  */
+  last = NULL;
+  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+    if (retval->filename != NULL)
+      {
+	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+	if (compare == 0)
+	  /* We found it!  */
+	  break;
+	if (compare < 0)
+	  {
+	    /* It's not in the list.  */
+	    retval = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	last = retval;
+      }
+
+  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+    {
+      free (abs_filename);
+      return retval;
+    }
+
+  retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+    malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
+				* (1 << pop (mask))
+				* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval->filename = abs_filename;
+  /* If more than one directory is in the list this is a pseudo-entry
+     which just references others.  We do not try to load data for it,
+     ever.  */
+  retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
+		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+  retval->data = NULL;
+
+  if (last == NULL)
+    {
+      retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
+      *l10nfile_list = retval;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      retval->next = last->next;
+      last->next = retval;
+    }
+
+  entries = 0;
+  /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
+     a real file.  So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
+     of the inner loop.  */
+  cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
+  for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0)
+      {
+	/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
+	char *dir = NULL;
+
+	while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+	       != NULL)
+	  retval->successor[entries++]
+	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
+				  language, territory, codeset,
+				  normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1);
+      }
+  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+     const char *codeset;
+     size_t name_len;
+{
+  int len = 0;
+  int only_digit = 1;
+  char *retval;
+  char *wp;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+    if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+      {
+	++len;
+
+	if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  only_digit = 0;
+      }
+
+  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      if (only_digit)
+	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+      else
+	wp = retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+	if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
+	else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+      *wp = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/loadinfo.h
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/loadinfo.h	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/loadinfo.h	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H	1
+
+/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
+   Implemented in
+
+     localealias.c    Possibly replace a locale name by another.
+     explodename.c    Split a locale name into its various fields.
+     l10nflist.c      Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
+     finddomain.c     Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
+
+   The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
+   in gettextP.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	1
+#define XPG_CODESET		2
+#define XPG_TERRITORY		4
+#define XPG_MODIFIER		8
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  int decided;
+
+  const void *data;
+
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+						  size_t name_len));
+
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+			    const char *language, const char *territory,
+			    const char *codeset,
+			    const char *normalized_codeset,
+			    const char *modifier, const char *filename,
+			    int do_allocate));
+
+
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
+   the caller.  */
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+				     const char **modifier,
+				     const char **territory,
+				     const char **codeset,
+				     const char **normalized_codeset));
+
+#endif	/* loadinfo.h */
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/loadmsgcat.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/loadmsgcat.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/loadmsgcat.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,1432 @@
+/* Load needed message catalogs.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef  alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+# define HAVE_MMAP	1
+#else
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gmo.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#include "hash-string.h"
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+# include <not-cancel.h>
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>.
+   Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't
+   use them with preprocessor string concatenation.  */
+#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId8
+# define PRId8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi8
+# define PRIi8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo8
+# define PRIo8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu8
+# define PRIu8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx8
+# define PRIx8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX8
+# define PRIX8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId16
+# define PRId16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi16
+# define PRIi16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo16
+# define PRIo16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu16
+# define PRIu16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx16
+# define PRIx16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX16
+# define PRIX16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId32
+# define PRId32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi32
+# define PRIi32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo32
+# define PRIo32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu32
+# define PRIu32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx32
+# define PRIx32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX32
+# define PRIX32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId64
+# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi64
+# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo64
+# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu64
+# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx64
+# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX64
+# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST8
+# define PRIdLEAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST8
+# define PRIiLEAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST8
+# define PRIoLEAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST8
+# define PRIuLEAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST8
+# define PRIxLEAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST8
+# define PRIXLEAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST16
+# define PRIdLEAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST16
+# define PRIiLEAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST16
+# define PRIoLEAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST16
+# define PRIuLEAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST16
+# define PRIxLEAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST16
+# define PRIXLEAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST32
+# define PRIdLEAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST32
+# define PRIiLEAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST32
+# define PRIoLEAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST32
+# define PRIuLEAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST32
+# define PRIxLEAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST32
+# define PRIXLEAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST64
+# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST64
+# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST64
+# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST64
+# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST64
+# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST64
+# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST8
+# define PRIdFAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST8
+# define PRIiFAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST8
+# define PRIoFAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST8
+# define PRIuFAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST8
+# define PRIxFAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST8
+# define PRIXFAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST16
+# define PRIdFAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST16
+# define PRIiFAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST16
+# define PRIoFAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST16
+# define PRIuFAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST16
+# define PRIxFAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST16
+# define PRIXFAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST32
+# define PRIdFAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST32
+# define PRIiFAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST32
+# define PRIoFAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST32
+# define PRIuFAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST32
+# define PRIxFAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST32
+# define PRIXFAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST64
+# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST64
+# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST64
+# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST64
+# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST64
+# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST64
+# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdMAX
+# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiMAX
+# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoMAX
+# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuMAX
+# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxMAX
+# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXMAX
+# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdPTR
+# define PRIdPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \
+   "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiPTR
+# define PRIiPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \
+   "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoPTR
+# define PRIoPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \
+   "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuPTR
+# define PRIuPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \
+   "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxPTR
+# define PRIxPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \
+   "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXPTR
+# define PRIXPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \
+   "llX")
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define open(name, flags)	open_not_cancel_2 (name, flags)
+# define close(fd)		close_not_cancel_no_status (fd)
+# define read(fd, buf, n)	read_not_cancel (fd, buf, n)
+# define mmap(addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) \
+  __mmap (addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset)
+# define munmap(addr, len)	__munmap (addr, len)
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  Needed to ensure compiler checking of
+   function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax.  */
+static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+   with all translations.  This is important if the translations are
+   cached by one of GCC's features.  */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+
+/* Expand a system dependent string segment.  Return NULL if unsupported.  */
+static const char *
+get_sysdep_segment_value (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive.
+     Syntax:
+     P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X }
+     { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR }  */
+  /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because
+     data relocations cost startup time.  */
+  if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I')
+    {
+      if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u'
+	  || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X')
+	{
+	  if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRId8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIi8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIo8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIu8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIx8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIX8;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRId16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIi16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIo16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIu16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIx16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIX16;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRId32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIi32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIo32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIu32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIx32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIX32;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRId64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIi64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIo64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIu64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIx64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIX64;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A'
+	      && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T')
+	    {
+	      if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXLEAST8;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXLEAST16;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXLEAST32;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXLEAST64;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S'
+	      && name[7] == 'T')
+	    {
+	      if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXFAST8;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXFAST16;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXFAST32;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXFAST64;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X'
+	      && name[7] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRIdMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIiMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIoMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIuMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIxMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIXMAX;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R'
+	      && name[7] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRIdPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIiPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIoPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIuPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIxPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIXPTR;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* Test for a glibc specific printf() format directive flag.  */
+  if (name[0] == 'I' && name[1] == '\0')
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2)
+      /* The 'I' flag, in numeric format directives, replaces ASCII digits
+	 with the 'outdigits' defined in the LC_CTYPE locale facet.  This is
+	 used for Farsi (Persian) and maybe Arabic.  */
+      return "I";
+#else
+      return "";
+#endif
+    }
+  /* Other system dependent strings are not valid.  */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
+   Return the header entry.  */
+const char *
+internal_function
+_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+     This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "".  If this
+     entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+     information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+     current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion.  */
+  char *nullentry;
+  size_t nullentrylen;
+
+  /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg.  */
+  domain->codeset_cntr =
+    (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+# endif
+#endif
+  domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+
+  /* Get the header entry.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+      const char *charsetstr;
+
+      charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+      if (charsetstr != NULL)
+	{
+	  size_t len;
+	  char *charset;
+	  const char *outcharset;
+
+	  charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+	  len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+
+	  charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+	  *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+# else
+	  memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+	  charset[len] = '\0';
+# endif
+
+	  /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+	     locale.  But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+	     set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+	     this.  Moreover, the value specified through
+	     bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both.  */
+	  if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+	    outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+	      if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+		{
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET);
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+		  extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
+		  outcharset = locale_charset ();
+#  endif
+# endif
+		}
+	    }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	  /* We always want to use transliteration.  */
+	  outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+	  charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, "");
+	  if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+			    GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+	      != __GCONV_OK)
+	    domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	  /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5,
+	     we want to use transliteration.  */
+#   if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \
+       || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+	  if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *tmp;
+
+	      len = strlen (outcharset);
+	      tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
+	      memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
+	      memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+	      outcharset = tmp;
+
+	      domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+
+	      freea (outcharset);
+	    }
+	  else
+#   endif
+	    domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	  freea (charset);
+	}
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+    }
+
+  return nullentry;
+}
+
+/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+    free (domain->conv_tab);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+    __gconv_close (domain->conv);
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
+    iconv_close (domain->conv);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME.  If it is no valid
+   message catalog do nothing.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  __libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive (static, lock);
+  int fd = -1;
+  size_t size;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  struct stat64 st;
+#else
+  struct stat st;
+#endif
+  struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+  int use_mmap = 0;
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  int revision;
+  const char *nullentry;
+
+  __libc_lock_lock_recursive (lock);
+  if (domain_file->decided != 0)
+    {
+      /* There are two possibilities:
+
+         + is is the same thread calling again during this
+	   initialization via _nl_init_domain_conv and _nl_find_msg.  We
+	   have initialized everything this call needs.
+
+	 + this is another thread which tried to initialize this object.
+           Not necessary anymore since if the lock is available this
+	   is finished.
+      */
+      __libc_lock_unlock_recursive (lock);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  domain_file->decided = -1;
+  domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+  /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
+     because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
+     a call to bind_textdomain_codeset).  */
+
+  /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+     might be NULL.  This can happen when according to the given
+     specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+     syntax.  */
+  if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+    goto out;
+
+  /* Try to open the addressed file.  */
+  fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    goto out;
+
+  /* We must know about the size of the file.  */
+  if (
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#else
+      __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#endif
+      || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
+      || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
+    /* Something went wrong.  */
+    goto out;;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+  /* Now we are ready to load the file.  If mmap() is available we try
+     this first.  If not available or it failed we try to load it.  */
+  data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+					 MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+  if (__builtin_expect (data != MAP_FAILED, 1))
+    {
+      /* mmap() call was successful.  */
+      close (fd);
+      fd = -1;
+      use_mmap = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+     it manually.  */
+  if (data == MAP_FAILED)
+    {
+      size_t to_read;
+      char *read_ptr;
+
+      data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+      if (data == NULL)
+	goto out;
+
+      to_read = size;
+      read_ptr = (char *) data;
+      do
+	{
+	  long int nb = (long int) TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY (read (fd, read_ptr,
+							     to_read));
+	  if (nb <= 0)
+	    goto out;
+
+	  read_ptr += nb;
+	  to_read -= nb;
+	}
+      while (to_read > 0);
+
+      close (fd);
+      fd = -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+     catalog file.  */
+  if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
+			0))
+    {
+      /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      goto out;
+    }
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+  if (domain == NULL)
+    goto out;
+  domain_file->data = domain;
+
+  domain->data = (char *) data;
+  domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+  domain->mmap_size = size;
+  domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+  domain->malloced = NULL;
+
+  /* Fill in the information about the available tables.  */
+  revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision);
+  /* We support only the major revisions 0 and 1.  */
+  switch (revision >> 16)
+    {
+    case 0:
+    case 1:
+      domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+      domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+      domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+      domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+      domain->hash_tab =
+	(domain->hash_size > 2
+	 ? (const nls_uint32 *)
+	   ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset))
+	 : NULL);
+      domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap;
+
+      /* Now dispatch on the minor revision.  */
+      switch (revision & 0xffff)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
+	  domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+	  domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+	  break;
+	case 1:
+	default:
+	  {
+	    nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+
+	    if (domain->hash_tab == NULL)
+	      /* This is invalid.  These minor revisions need a hash table.  */
+	      goto invalid;
+
+	    n_sysdep_strings =
+	      W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings);
+	    if (n_sysdep_strings > 0)
+	      {
+		nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+		const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments;
+		const char **sysdep_segment_values;
+		const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab;
+		const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab;
+		nls_uint32 n_inmem_sysdep_strings;
+		size_t memneed;
+		char *mem;
+		struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
+		struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
+		nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab;
+		unsigned int i, j;
+
+		/* Get the values of the system dependent segments.  */
+		n_sysdep_segments =
+		  W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments);
+		sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *)
+		  ((char *) data
+		   + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset));
+		sysdep_segment_values =
+		  alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *));
+		for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++)
+		  {
+		    const char *name =
+		      (char *) data
+		      + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset);
+		    nls_uint32 namelen =
+		      W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length);
+
+		    if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0'))
+		      {
+			freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+			goto invalid;
+		      }
+
+		    sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name);
+		  }
+
+		orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
+		  ((char *) data
+		   + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset));
+		trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
+		  ((char *) data
+		   + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset));
+
+		/* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the
+		   system dependent strings and the augmented hash table.
+		   At the same time, also drop string pairs which refer to
+		   an undefined system dependent segment.  */
+		n_inmem_sysdep_strings = 0;
+		memneed = domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
+		for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+		  {
+		    int valid = 1;
+		    size_t needs[2];
+
+		    for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
+		      {
+			const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
+			  (const struct sysdep_string *)
+			  ((char *) data
+			   + W (domain->must_swap,
+				j == 0
+				? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
+				: trans_sysdep_tab[i]));
+			size_t need = 0;
+			const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
+
+			if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END)
+			  for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
+			    {
+			      nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+
+			      need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+
+			      sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
+			      if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
+				break;
+
+			      if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments)
+				{
+				  /* Invalid.  */
+				  freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+				  goto invalid;
+				}
+
+			      if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL)
+				{
+				  /* This particular string pair is invalid.  */
+				  valid = 0;
+				  break;
+				}
+
+			      need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
+			    }
+
+			needs[j] = need;
+			if (!valid)
+			  break;
+		      }
+
+		    if (valid)
+		      {
+			n_inmem_sysdep_strings++;
+			memneed += needs[0] + needs[1];
+		      }
+		  }
+		memneed += 2 * n_inmem_sysdep_strings
+			   * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
+
+		if (n_inmem_sysdep_strings > 0)
+		  {
+		    unsigned int k;
+
+		    /* Allocate additional memory.  */
+		    mem = (char *) malloc (memneed);
+		    if (mem == NULL)
+		      goto invalid;
+
+		    domain->malloced = mem;
+		    inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
+		    mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings
+			   * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
+		    inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
+		    mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings
+			   * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
+		    inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem;
+		    mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
+
+		    /* Compute the system dependent strings.  */
+		    k = 0;
+		    for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+		      {
+			int valid = 1;
+
+			for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
+			  {
+			    const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
+			      (const struct sysdep_string *)
+			      ((char *) data
+			       + W (domain->must_swap,
+				    j == 0
+				    ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
+				    : trans_sysdep_tab[i]));
+			    const struct segment_pair *p =
+			      sysdep_string->segments;
+
+			    if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref)
+				!= SEGMENTS_END)
+			      for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
+				{
+				  nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+
+				  sysdepref =
+				    W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
+				  if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
+				    break;
+
+				  if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL)
+				    {
+				      /* This particular string pair is
+					 invalid.  */
+				      valid = 0;
+				      break;
+				    }
+				}
+
+			    if (!valid)
+			      break;
+			  }
+
+			if (valid)
+			  {
+			    for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
+			      {
+				const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
+				  (const struct sysdep_string *)
+				  ((char *) data
+				   + W (domain->must_swap,
+					j == 0
+					? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
+					: trans_sysdep_tab[i]));
+				const char *static_segments =
+				  (char *) data
+				  + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset);
+				const struct segment_pair *p =
+				  sysdep_string->segments;
+
+				/* Concatenate the segments, and fill
+				   inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 0) and
+				   inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 1).  */
+
+				struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_tab_entry =
+				  (j == 0
+				   ? inmem_orig_sysdep_tab
+				   : inmem_trans_sysdep_tab)
+				  + k;
+
+				if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref)
+				    == SEGMENTS_END)
+				  {
+				    /* Only one static segment.  */
+				    inmem_tab_entry->length =
+				      W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+				    inmem_tab_entry->pointer = static_segments;
+				  }
+				else
+				  {
+				    inmem_tab_entry->pointer = mem;
+
+				    for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
+				      {
+					nls_uint32 segsize =
+					  W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+					nls_uint32 sysdepref =
+					  W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
+					size_t n;
+
+					if (segsize > 0)
+					  {
+					    memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize);
+					    mem += segsize;
+					    static_segments += segsize;
+					  }
+
+					if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
+					  break;
+
+					n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
+					memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n);
+					mem += n;
+				      }
+
+				    inmem_tab_entry->length =
+				      mem - inmem_tab_entry->pointer;
+				  }
+			      }
+
+			    k++;
+			  }
+		      }
+		    if (k != n_inmem_sysdep_strings)
+		      abort ();
+
+		    /* Compute the augmented hash table.  */
+		    for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++)
+		      inmem_hash_tab[i] =
+			W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]);
+		    for (i = 0; i < n_inmem_sysdep_strings; i++)
+		      {
+			const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
+			nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid);
+			nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+			nls_uint32 incr =
+			  1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+			for (;;)
+			  {
+			    if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0)
+			      {
+				/* Hash table entry is empty.  Use it.  */
+				inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i;
+				break;
+			      }
+
+			    if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+			      idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+			    else
+			      idx += incr;
+			  }
+		      }
+
+		    domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_inmem_sysdep_strings;
+		    domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
+		    domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+		    domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab;
+		    domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0;
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
+		    domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+		    domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+		  }
+
+		freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
+		domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+		domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* This is an invalid revision.  */
+    invalid:
+      /* This is an invalid .mo file.  */
+      if (domain->malloced)
+	free (domain->malloced);
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      free (domain);
+      domain_file->data = NULL;
+      goto out;
+    }
+
+  /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
+     the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
+     specified character set or the locale's character set.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+  /* Also look for a plural specification.  */
+  EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals);
+
+ out:
+  if (fd != -1)
+    close (fd);
+
+  domain_file->decided = 1;
+
+  __libc_lock_unlock_recursive (lock);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function __libc_freeres_fn_section
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural)
+    __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+  _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+  if (domain->malloced)
+    free (domain->malloced);
+
+# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+  if (domain->use_mmap)
+    munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+  else
+# endif	/* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
+    free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+  free (domain);
+}
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/locale.alias
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/locale.alias	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/locale.alias	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+bokmal		nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål		nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew          he_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
+korean		ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+no_NO		nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian       nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai		th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localealias.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localealias.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localealias.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
+# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING	1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Some optimizations for glibc.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FEOF(fp)		feof_unlocked (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp)	fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
+#else
+# define FEOF(fp)		feof (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp)	fgets (buf, n, fp)
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+  const char *alias;
+  const char *value;
+};
+
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
+#endif
+
+libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+     internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+				  const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+    const char *name;
+{
+  static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+  struct alias_map *retval;
+  const char *result = NULL;
+  size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  do
+    {
+      struct alias_map item;
+
+      item.alias = name;
+
+      if (nmap > 0)
+	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
+					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+								 const void *))
+						) alias_compare);
+      else
+	retval = NULL;
+
+      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
+      if (retval != NULL)
+	{
+	  result = retval->value;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
+      added = 0;
+      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  const char *start;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':')
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+	  start = locale_alias_path;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':')
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+
+	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
+	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+	}
+    }
+  while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+     const char *fname;
+     int fname_len;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  char *full_fname;
+  size_t added;
+  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+  /* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions
+     disabled.  */
+  fp = fopen (full_fname, "rc");
+  freea (full_fname);
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+  /* No threads present.  */
+  __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+#endif
+
+  added = 0;
+  while (!FEOF (fp))
+    {
+      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+	    be that long
+	 We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
+	 stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
+	 memory.  */
+      char buf[400];
+      char *alias;
+      char *value;
+      char *cp;
+      int complete_line;
+
+      if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	/* EOF reached.  */
+	break;
+
+      /* Determine whether the line is complete.  */
+      complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL;
+
+      cp = buf;
+      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
+      while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	++cp;
+
+      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
+      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+	{
+	  alias = cp++;
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    *cp++ = '\0';
+
+	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
+	  while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      size_t alias_len;
+	      size_t value_len;
+
+	      value = cp++;
+	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+		++cp;
+	      /* Terminate value.  */
+	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
+		{
+		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
+		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
+		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
+		  *cp++ = '\0';
+		  *cp = '\n';
+		}
+	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+
+	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
+		if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+		  return added;
+
+	      alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+	      value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+	      if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+		{
+		  /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
+		  size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+				     + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+					? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+		  char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+		  if (new_pool == NULL)
+		    return added;
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+		    {
+		      size_t i;
+
+		      for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+			{
+			  map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+			  map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  string_space = new_pool;
+		  string_space_max = new_size;
+		}
+
+	      map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					alias, alias_len);
+	      string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+	      map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					value, value_len);
+	      string_space_act += value_len;
+
+	      ++nmap;
+	      ++added;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
+	 the rest of the line.  */
+      if (! complete_line)
+	do
+	  if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	    /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
+	       will exit at the `feof' test.  */
+	    break;
+	while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
+     errors.  --drepper  */
+  fclose (fp);
+
+  if (added > 0)
+    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+  return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+  size_t new_size;
+  struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+  if (new_map == NULL)
+    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  map = new_map;
+  maxmap = new_size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+     const struct alias_map *map1;
+     const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
+      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localecharset.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localecharset.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localecharset.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS.  */
+# define OS2
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined OS2
+# define INCL_DOS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# undef getc
+# define getc getc_unlocked
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  const char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else
+
+# if defined VMS
+      /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
+	 sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+      /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
+	 "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
+	 section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets".  */
+      cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+	   /* Japanese */
+	   "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+	   "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
+	   "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
+	   "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+	   /* Chinese */
+	   "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
+	   "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
+	   "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+	   /* Korean */
+	   "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
+# endif
+
+# if defined WIN32
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
+	   "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
+	   "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
+	   "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
+	   "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+	   "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+	   "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
+	   "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
+	   "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+	   "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
+	   "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+	   "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+	   "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+	   "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
+# endif
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#elif defined WIN32
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#elif defined OS2
+
+  const char *locale;
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+  ULONG cp[3];
+  ULONG cplen;
+
+  /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
+     with standard language environment variables.  */
+  locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	locale = getenv ("LANG");
+    }
+  if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it.  */
+      const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+      if (dot != NULL)
+	{
+	  const char *modifier;
+
+	  dot++;
+	  /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+	  modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+	  if (modifier == NULL)
+	    return dot;
+	  if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+	    {
+	      memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+	      buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+	      return buf;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Resolve through the charset.alias file.  */
+      codeset = locale;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+      if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
+	codeset = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
+	  codeset = buf;
+	}
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  /* Don't return an empty string.  GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
+     the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
+     thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time.  */
+  if (codeset[0] == '\0')
+    codeset = "ASCII";
+
+  return codeset;
+}
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localecharset.h
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localecharset.h	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localecharset.h	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
+#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+extern const char * locale_charset (void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localename.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localename.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/localename.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,770 @@
+/* Determine the current selected locale.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.  */
+/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes.  */
+# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS
+# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN
+# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARABIC
+# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN
+# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE
+# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_AZERI
+# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BASQUE
+# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN
+# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BENGALI
+# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_CATALAN
+# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI
+# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN
+# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE
+# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FARSI
+# define LANG_FARSI 0x29
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN
+# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN
+# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI
+# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HEBREW
+# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HINDI
+# define LANG_HINDI 0x39
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN
+# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KANNADA
+# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI
+# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KAZAK
+# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KONKANI
+# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ
+# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN
+# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN
+# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN
+# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAY
+# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM
+# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI
+# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MARATHI
+# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN
+# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_NEPALI
+# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ORIYA
+# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI
+# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT
+# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN
+# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SINDHI
+# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK
+# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN
+# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI
+# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC
+# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TAMIL
+# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TATAR
+# define LANG_TATAR 0x44
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TELUGU
+# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_THAI
+# define LANG_THAI 0x1e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN
+# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_URDU
+# define LANG_URDU 0x20
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UZBEK
+# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE
+# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU
+# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND
+# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+   "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current
+    setting of 'local'."
+   However it does not specify the exact format.  Neither do SUSV2 and
+   ISO C 99.  So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+   those using GNU C Library).  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax
+     language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+   The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset()
+   should be used for codeset information instead.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.  */
+
+const char *
+_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname)
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+  /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'.
+     On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself.  */
+# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+  retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+# else
+  /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Next comes the name of the desired category.  */
+      retval = getenv (categoryname);
+      if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable.  */
+	  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+	  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	    /* We use C as the default domain.  POSIX says this is
+	       implementation defined.  */
+	    retval = "C";
+	}
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return retval;
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier].
+     Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this
+     context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single
+     codeset.  */
+
+  LCID lcid;
+  LANGID langid;
+  int primary, sub;
+
+  /* Let the user override the system settings through environment
+     variables, as on POSIX systems.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+  retval = getenv (categoryname);
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+
+  /* Use native Win32 API locale ID.  */
+  lcid = GetThreadLocale ();
+
+  /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part.  */
+  langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid);
+
+  /* Split into language and territory part.  */
+  primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid);
+  sub = SUBLANGID (langid);
+
+  /* Dispatch on language.
+     See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html .
+     For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ .  */
+  switch (primary)
+    {
+    case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA";
+    case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL";
+    case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET";
+    case LANG_ARABIC:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA";
+	}
+      return "ar";
+    case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM";
+    case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN";
+    case LANG_AZERI:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	/* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix.  */
+	case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin";
+	case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic";
+	}
+      return "az";
+    case LANG_BASQUE:
+      return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR".  */
+    case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY";
+    case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN";
+    case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG";
+    case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM";
+    case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH";
+    case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES";
+    case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US";
+    case LANG_CHINESE:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO";
+	}
+      return "zh";
+    case LANG_CROATIAN:		/* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
+				 * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian
+				 * should really now be two separate
+				 * languages because of political reasons.
+				 * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian
+				 * or Croatian.)
+				 * (I can feel those flames coming already.)
+				 */
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR";
+	case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU";
+	case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic";
+	}
+      return "hr";
+    case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ";
+    case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK";
+    case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV";
+    case LANG_DUTCH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL";
+	case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE";
+	}
+      return "nl";
+    case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG";
+    case LANG_ENGLISH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	/* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought
+	 * English was the language spoken in England.
+	 * Oh well.
+	 */
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH";
+	}
+      return "en";
+    case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE";
+    case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO";
+    case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR";
+    case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI";
+    case LANG_FRENCH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC";
+	}
+      return "fr";
+    case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL";
+    case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG";
+    case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB";
+	case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE";
+	}
+      return "C";
+    case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES";
+    case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE";
+    case LANG_GERMAN:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI";
+	}
+      return "de";
+    case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR";
+    case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY";
+    case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN";
+    case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG";
+    case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */
+      /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers)
+	 or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)?  */
+      return "cpe_US";
+    case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL";
+    case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN";
+    case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU";
+    case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG";
+    case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS";
+    case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG";
+    case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID";
+    case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA";
+    case LANG_ITALIAN:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT";
+	case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH";
+	}
+      return "it";
+    case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP";
+    case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN";
+    case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG";
+    case LANG_KASHMIRI:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK";
+	case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN";
+	}
+      return "ks";
+    case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ";
+    case LANG_KONKANI:
+      /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix.  */
+      return "kok_IN";
+    case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR";
+    case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG";
+    case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA";
+    case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA";
+    case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV";
+    case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT";
+    case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK";
+    case LANG_MALAY:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY";
+	case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN";
+	}
+      return "ms";
+    case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN";
+    case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT";
+    case LANG_MANIPURI:
+      /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix.  */
+      return "mni_IN";
+    case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN";
+    case LANG_MONGOLIAN:
+      return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN".  */
+    case LANG_NEPALI:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP";
+	case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN";
+	}
+      return "ne";
+    case LANG_NORWEGIAN:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO";
+	case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO";
+	}
+      return "no";
+    case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN";
+    case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET";
+    case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN";
+    case 0x63: /* PASHTO */
+      return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF".  */
+    case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL";
+    case LANG_PORTUGUESE:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT";
+	/* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT.
+	   Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */
+	case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR";
+	}
+      return "pt";
+    case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN";
+    case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH";
+    case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO";
+    case LANG_RUSSIAN:
+      return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA".  */
+    case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO";
+    case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN";
+    case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd";
+    case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK";
+    case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK";
+    case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI";
+    case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO";
+    case LANG_SORBIAN:
+      /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix.  */
+      return "wen_DE";
+    case LANG_SPANISH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN:
+	  return "es_ES@modern";	/* not seen on Unix */
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR";
+	}
+      return "es";
+    case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ";
+    case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE";
+    case LANG_SWEDISH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE";
+	case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI";
+	}
+      return "sv";
+    case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language.  */
+    case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH";
+    case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ";
+    case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA";
+    case LANG_TAMIL:
+      return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG".  */
+    case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU";
+    case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN";
+    case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH";
+    case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN";
+    case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET";
+    case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA";
+    case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR";
+    case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM";
+    case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA";
+    case LANG_URDU:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK";
+	case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN";
+	}
+      return "ur";
+    case LANG_UZBEK:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	/* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix.  */
+	case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin";
+	case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic";
+	}
+      return "uz";
+    case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA";
+    case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN";
+    case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB";
+    case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA";
+    case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN";
+    case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL";
+    case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG";
+    case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA";
+    default: return "C";
+    }
+
+#endif
+}
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/ngettext.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/ngettext.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/ngettext.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural-eval.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural-eval.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural-eval.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* Plural expression evaluation.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+static unsigned long int plural_eval (struct expression *pexp,
+				      unsigned long int n)
+     internal_function;
+
+static unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+     struct expression *pexp;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  switch (pexp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      switch (pexp->operation)
+	{
+	case var:
+	  return n;
+	case num:
+	  return pexp->val.num;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be lnot.  */
+	unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return ! arg;
+      }
+    case 2:
+      {
+	unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	if (pexp->operation == lor)
+	  return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else if (pexp->operation == land)
+	  return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else
+	  {
+	    unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+	    switch (pexp->operation)
+	      {
+	      case mult:
+		return leftarg * rightarg;
+	      case divide:
+		return leftarg / rightarg;
+	      case module:
+		return leftarg % rightarg;
+	      case plus:
+		return leftarg + rightarg;
+	      case minus:
+		return leftarg - rightarg;
+	      case less_than:
+		return leftarg < rightarg;
+	      case greater_than:
+		return leftarg > rightarg;
+	      case less_or_equal:
+		return leftarg <= rightarg;
+	      case greater_or_equal:
+		return leftarg >= rightarg;
+	      case equal:
+		return leftarg == rightarg;
+	      case not_equal:
+		return leftarg != rightarg;
+	      default:
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	break;
+      }
+    case 3:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be qmop.  */
+	unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+      }
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+  return 0;
+}
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural-exp.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural-exp.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural-exp.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+    || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+   form determination.  It represents the expression  "n != 1".  */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = num,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .num = 1
+  }
+};
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
+{
+  .nargs = 2,
+  .operation = not_equal,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .args =
+    {
+      [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+      [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+   Initialization at run-time.  */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+  if (plone.val.num == 0)
+    {
+      plvar.nargs = 0;
+      plvar.operation = var;
+
+      plone.nargs = 0;
+      plone.operation = num;
+      plone.val.num = 1;
+
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
+    }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+void
+internal_function
+EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp)
+     const char *nullentry;
+     struct expression **pluralp;
+     unsigned long int *npluralsp;
+{
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *plural;
+      const char *nplurals;
+
+      plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+      nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+      if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+	goto no_plural;
+      else
+	{
+	  char *endp;
+	  unsigned long int n;
+	  struct parse_args args;
+
+	  /* First get the number.  */
+	  nplurals += 9;
+	  while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
+	    ++nplurals;
+	  if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
+	    goto no_plural;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+	  n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+	  for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+	    n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+	  if (nplurals == endp)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  *npluralsp = n;
+
+	  /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+	     scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+	     passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+	     is passed down to the parser.  */
+	  plural += 7;
+	  args.cp = plural;
+	  if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  *pluralp = args.res;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+         for `one', the plural form otherwise.  Yes, this is also what
+         English is using since English is a Germanic language.  */
+    no_plural:
+      INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+      *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+      *npluralsp = 2;
+    }
+}
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural-exp.h
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural-exp.h	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural-exp.h	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
+#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+   plural form.  */
+struct expression
+{
+  int nargs;			/* Number of arguments.  */
+  enum operator
+  {
+    /* Without arguments:  */
+    var,			/* The variable "n".  */
+    num,			/* Decimal number.  */
+    /* Unary operators:  */
+    lnot,			/* Logical NOT.  */
+    /* Binary operators:  */
+    mult,			/* Multiplication.  */
+    divide,			/* Division.  */
+    module,			/* Modulo operation.  */
+    plus,			/* Addition.  */
+    minus,			/* Subtraction.  */
+    less_than,			/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_than,		/* Comparison.  */
+    less_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    equal,			/* Comparison for equality.  */
+    not_equal,			/* Comparison for inequality.  */
+    land,			/* Logical AND.  */
+    lor,			/* Logical OR.  */
+    /* Ternary operators:  */
+    qmop			/* Question mark operator.  */
+  } operation;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned long int num;	/* Number value for `num'.  */
+    struct expression *args[3];	/* Up to three arguments.  */
+  } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+   the result in a thread-safe way.  */
+struct parse_args
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  This source code is used
+   1. in the GNU C Library library,
+   2. in the GNU libintl library,
+   3. in the GNU gettext tools.
+   The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
+   binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'.  Furthermore,
+   1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
+   2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
+         must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
+   So we have to distinguish the three cases.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
+#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
+# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
+#endif
+
+extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+     internal_function;
+extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg));
+extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
+extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry,
+					       struct expression **pluralp,
+					       unsigned long int *npluralsp))
+     internal_function;
+
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+					      unsigned long int n));
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,1522 @@
+/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+   by GNU bison 1.35.  */
+
+#define YYBISON 1  /* Identify Bison output.  */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+# define	EQUOP2	257
+# define	CMPOP2	258
+# define	ADDOP2	259
+# define	MULOP2	260
+# define	NUMBER	261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+   but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+
+#line 49 "plural.y"
+#ifndef YYSTYPE
+typedef union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+} yystype;
+# define YYSTYPE yystype
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
+#endif
+#line 55 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG 0
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define	YYFINAL		27
+#define	YYFLAG		-32768
+#define	YYNTBASE	16
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
+static const char yytranslate[] =
+{
+       0,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,    10,     2,     2,     2,     2,     5,     2,
+      14,    15,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    12,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     3,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+      13,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     4,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     6,     7,     8,
+       9,    11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+static const short yyprhs[] =
+{
+       0,     0,     2,     8,    12,    16,    20,    24,    28,    32,
+      35,    37,    39
+};
+static const short yyrhs[] =
+{
+      17,     0,    17,     3,    17,    12,    17,     0,    17,     4,
+      17,     0,    17,     5,    17,     0,    17,     6,    17,     0,
+      17,     7,    17,     0,    17,     8,    17,     0,    17,     9,
+      17,     0,    10,    17,     0,    13,     0,    11,     0,    14,
+      17,    15,     0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
+static const short yyrline[] =
+{
+       0,   174,   182,   186,   190,   194,   198,   202,   206,   210,
+     214,   218,   223
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */
+static const char *const yytname[] =
+{
+  "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", 
+  "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", 
+  "start", "exp", 0
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */
+static const short yyr1[] =
+{
+       0,    16,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,
+      17,    17,    17
+};
+
+/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */
+static const short yyr2[] =
+{
+       0,     1,     5,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     2,
+       1,     1,     3
+};
+
+/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
+   doesn't specify something else to do.  Zero means the default is an
+   error. */
+static const short yydefact[] =
+{
+       0,     0,    11,    10,     0,     1,     9,     0,     0,     0,
+       0,     0,     0,     0,     0,    12,     0,     3,     4,     5,
+       6,     7,     8,     0,     2,     0,     0,     0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] =
+{
+      25,     5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] =
+{
+      -9,    -9,-32768,-32768,    -9,    34,-32768,    11,    -9,    -9,
+      -9,    -9,    -9,    -9,    -9,-32768,    24,    39,    43,    16,
+      26,    -3,-32768,    -9,    34,    21,    53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] =
+{
+  -32768,    -1
+};
+
+
+#define	YYLAST		53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] =
+{
+       6,     1,     2,     7,     3,     4,    14,    16,    17,    18,
+      19,    20,    21,    22,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,
+      14,    26,    24,    12,    13,    14,    15,     8,     9,    10,
+      11,    12,    13,    14,    13,    14,    23,     8,     9,    10,
+      11,    12,    13,    14,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    11,
+      12,    13,    14,    27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] =
+{
+       1,    10,    11,     4,    13,    14,     9,     8,     9,    10,
+      11,    12,    13,    14,     3,     4,     5,     6,     7,     8,
+       9,     0,    23,     7,     8,     9,    15,     3,     4,     5,
+       6,     7,     8,     9,     8,     9,    12,     3,     4,     5,
+       6,     7,     8,     9,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,     6,
+       7,     8,     9,     0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*-  Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines.  */
+#line 3 "/castro/street/H-alpha-linux/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+
+   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+   in version 1.24 of Bison.  */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when
+   the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+   It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+   used when %semantic_parser is specified.  */
+
+/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
+   infringing on user name space.  This should be done even for local
+   variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
+   There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
+   define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
+   USER NAME SPACE" below.  */
+
+#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols.  */
+
+# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+# else
+#  ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#   if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H)
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#   else
+#    ifdef __GNUC__
+#     define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
+   /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
+#  define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
+# else
+#  if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#   include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   define YYSIZE_T size_t
+#  endif
+#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+#  define YYSTACK_FREE free
+# endif
+#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
+
+
+#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \
+     && (! defined (__cplusplus) \
+	 || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
+
+/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member.  */
+union yyalloc
+{
+  short yyss;
+  YYSTYPE yyvs;
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yyls;
+# endif
+};
+
+/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next.  */
+# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)
+
+/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
+   N elements.  */
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+#  define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
+     ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE))	\
+      + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
+# else
+#  define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
+     ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE))				\
+      + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
+# endif
+
+/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO.  The source and destination do
+   not overlap.  */
+# ifndef YYCOPY
+#  if 1 < __GNUC__
+#   define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
+      __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
+#  else
+#   define YYCOPY(To, From, Count)		\
+      do					\
+	{					\
+	  register YYSIZE_T yyi;		\
+	  for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++)	\
+	    (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi];		\
+	}					\
+      while (0)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one.  The
+   local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
+   elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
+   stack.  Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
+   stack.  */
+# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack)					\
+    do									\
+      {									\
+	YYSIZE_T yynewbytes;						\
+	YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize);				\
+	Stack = &yyptr->Stack;						\
+	yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX;	\
+	yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr);				\
+      }									\
+    while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__)
+# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t)
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#  include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# endif
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
+# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#define yyerrok		(yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin	(yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY		-2
+#define YYEOF		0
+#define YYACCEPT	goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT 	goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR		goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.  This remains here temporarily
+   to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  */
+#define YYFAIL		goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value)					\
+do								\
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1)				\
+    {								\
+      yychar = (Token);						\
+      yylval = (Value);						\
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);				\
+      YYPOPSTACK;						\
+      goto yybackup;						\
+    }								\
+  else								\
+    { 								\
+      yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up");			\
+      YYERROR;							\
+    }								\
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR	1
+#define YYERRCODE	256
+
+
+/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions
+   are run).
+
+   When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the
+   first token.  By default, to implement support for ranges, extend
+   its range to the last symbol.  */
+
+#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
+# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N)       	\
+   Current.last_line   = Rhs[N].last_line;	\
+   Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column;
+#endif
+
+
+/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments.  */
+
+#if YYPURE
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+#  ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#   define YYLEX		yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#  else
+#   define YYLEX		yylex (&yylval, &yylloc)
+#  endif
+# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#  ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#   define YYLEX		yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#  else
+#   define YYLEX		yylex (&yylval)
+#  endif
+# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#else /* !YYPURE */
+# define YYLEX			yylex ()
+#endif /* !YYPURE */
+
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+
+# ifndef YYFPRINTF
+#  include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YYFPRINTF fprintf
+# endif
+
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args)			\
+do {						\
+  if (yydebug)					\
+    YYFPRINTF Args;				\
+} while (0)
+/* Nonzero means print parse trace.  It is left uninitialized so that
+   multiple parsers can coexist.  */
+int yydebug;
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks.  */
+#ifndef	YYINITDEPTH
+# define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
+   if the built-in stack extension method is used).
+
+   Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
+   SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
+   evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic.  */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+# undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+# ifndef yystrlen
+#  if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H)
+#   define yystrlen strlen
+#  else
+/* Return the length of YYSTR.  */
+static YYSIZE_T
+#   if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+yystrlen (const char *yystr)
+#   else
+yystrlen (yystr)
+     const char *yystr;
+#   endif
+{
+  register const char *yys = yystr;
+
+  while (*yys++ != '\0')
+    continue;
+
+  return yys - yystr - 1;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef yystpcpy
+#  if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+#   define yystpcpy stpcpy
+#  else
+/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
+   YYDEST.  */
+static char *
+#   if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
+#   else
+yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
+     char *yydest;
+     const char *yysrc;
+#   endif
+{
+  register char *yyd = yydest;
+  register const char *yys = yysrc;
+
+  while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
+    continue;
+
+  return yyd - 1;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#line 315 "/castro/street/H-alpha-linux/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+   into yyparse.  The argument should have type void *.
+   It should actually point to an object.
+   Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+   to the proper pointer type.  */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#  define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#  define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+# else
+#  define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#  define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+# endif
+#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+# else
+int yyparse (void);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser,
+   variables are global, or local to YYPARSE.  */
+
+#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES			\
+/* The lookahead symbol.  */				\
+int yychar;						\
+							\
+/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */	\
+YYSTYPE yylval;						\
+							\
+/* Number of parse errors so far.  */			\
+int yynerrs;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES			\
+YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES			\
+						\
+/* Location data for the lookahead symbol.  */	\
+YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#else
+# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES			\
+YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES
+#endif
+
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */
+
+#if !YYPURE
+YY_DECL_VARIABLES
+#endif  /* !YYPURE */
+
+int
+yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+     YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */
+#if YYPURE
+  YY_DECL_VARIABLES
+#endif  /* !YYPURE */
+
+  register int yystate;
+  register int yyn;
+  int yyresult;
+  /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
+  int yyerrstatus;
+  /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number.  */
+  int yychar1 = 0;
+
+  /* Three stacks and their tools:
+     `yyss': related to states,
+     `yyvs': related to semantic values,
+     `yyls': related to locations.
+
+     Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
+     to reallocate them elsewhere.  */
+
+  /* The state stack. */
+  short	yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
+  short *yyss = yyssa;
+  register short *yyssp;
+
+  /* The semantic value stack.  */
+  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+  YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
+  register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  /* The location stack.  */
+  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+#endif
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+# define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+# define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+  YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+
+
+  /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
+     action routines.  */
+  YYSTYPE yyval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yyloc;
+#endif
+
+  /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced
+     rule. */
+  int yylen;
+
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
+
+  yystate = 0;
+  yyerrstatus = 0;
+  yynerrs = 0;
+  yychar = YYEMPTY;		/* Cause a token to be read.  */
+
+  /* Initialize stack pointers.
+     Waste one element of value and location stack
+     so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+     The wasted elements are never initialized.  */
+
+  yyssp = yyss;
+  yyvsp = yyvs;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+  goto yysetstate;
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate.  |
+`------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ yynewstate:
+  /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+     have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.
+     */
+  yyssp++;
+
+ yysetstate:
+  *yyssp = yystate;
+
+  if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+    {
+      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
+      YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+      {
+	/* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
+	   these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
+	   memory.  */
+	YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+	short *yyss1 = yyss;
+
+	/* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
+	   data in use in that stack, in bytes.  */
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+	YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+	/* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+	   but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
+	yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
+		    &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		    &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		    &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
+		    &yystacksize);
+	yyls = yyls1;
+# else
+	yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
+		    &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		    &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		    &yystacksize);
+# endif
+	yyss = yyss1;
+	yyvs = yyvs1;
+      }
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+      goto yyoverflowlab;
+# else
+      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
+      if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+	goto yyoverflowlab;
+      yystacksize *= 2;
+      if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+	yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+
+      {
+	short *yyss1 = yyss;
+	union yyalloc *yyptr =
+	  (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
+	if (! yyptr)
+	  goto yyoverflowlab;
+	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss);
+	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs);
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls);
+# endif
+# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+	if (yyss1 != yyssa)
+	  YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
+      }
+# endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+      yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
+      yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1;
+#endif
+
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
+		  (unsigned long int) yystacksize));
+
+      if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+	YYABORT;
+    }
+
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
+
+  goto yybackup;
+
+
+/*-----------.
+| yybackup.  |
+`-----------*/
+yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
+
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
+
+  /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+     or a valid token in external form.  */
+
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+    {
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
+      yychar = YYLEX;
+    }
+
+  /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+  if (yychar <= 0)		/* This means end of input. */
+    {
+      yychar1 = 0;
+      yychar = YYEOF;		/* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+     /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables
+	which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set.  */
+      if (yydebug)
+	{
+	  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s",
+		     yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+	  /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise
+	     meaning of a token, for further debugging info.  */
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+	  YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+# endif
+	  YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n");
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  yyn += yychar1;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+  /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+     Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+     Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+       New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+       just return success.
+     0, or most negative number => error.  */
+
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrlab;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ",
+	      yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+
+  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
+  if (yychar != YYEOF)
+    yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+     status.  */
+  if (yyerrstatus)
+    yyerrstatus--;
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
+| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state.  |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+yydefault:
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+  goto yyreduce;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------.
+| yyreduce -- Do a reduction.  |
+`-----------------------------*/
+yyreduce:
+  /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
+  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+
+  /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
+     `$$ = $1'.
+
+     Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of
+     the lookahead token.  This behavior is undocumented and Bison
+     users should not rely upon it.  Assigning to YYVAL
+     unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
+     GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized.  */
+  yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  /* Similarly for the default location.  Let the user run additional
+     commands if for instance locations are ranges.  */
+  yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen];
+  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which
+     are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set.  */
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      int yyi;
+
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+		 yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+      /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result.  */
+      for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++)
+	YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]);
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 175 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+	  }
+    break;
+case 2:
+#line 183 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 3:
+#line 187 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 4:
+#line 191 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 5:
+#line 195 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 6:
+#line 199 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 7:
+#line 203 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 8:
+#line 207 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 9:
+#line 211 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 10:
+#line 215 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 11:
+#line 219 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+	  }
+    break;
+case 12:
+#line 224 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+	  }
+    break;
+}
+
+#line 705 "/castro/street/H-alpha-linux/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+
+
+  yyvsp -= yylen;
+  yyssp -= yylen;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now");
+      while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
+	YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+  *++yyvsp = yyval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yyloc;
+#endif
+
+  /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction.  Determine what state
+     that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
+     number reduced by.  */
+
+  yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+  if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+    yystate = yytable[yystate];
+  else
+    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error |
+`------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab:
+  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+  if (!yyerrstatus)
+    {
+      ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+      yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+      if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+	{
+	  YYSIZE_T yysize = 0;
+	  char *yymsg;
+	  int yyx, yycount;
+
+	  yycount = 0;
+	  /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
+	     YYCHECK.  */
+	  for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
+	       yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++)
+	    if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
+	      yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++;
+	  yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1;
+	  yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
+	  yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize);
+	  if (yymsg != 0)
+	    {
+	      char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected ");
+	      yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
+
+	      if (yycount < 5)
+		{
+		  yycount = 0;
+		  for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
+		       yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *));
+		       yyx++)
+		    if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
+		      {
+			const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or ";
+			yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq);
+			yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]);
+			yycount++;
+		      }
+		}
+	      yyerror (yymsg);
+	      YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted");
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
+	yyerror ("parse error");
+    }
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action |
+`--------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab1:
+  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+	 error, discard it.  */
+
+      /* return failure if at end of input */
+      if (yychar == YYEOF)
+	YYABORT;
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n",
+		  yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+      yychar = YYEMPTY;
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+     token.  */
+
+  yyerrstatus = 3;		/* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+  goto yyerrhandle;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the |
+| error token.                                                       |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrdefault:
+#if 0
+  /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+     should shift them.  */
+
+  /* If its default is to accept any token, ok.  Otherwise pop it.  */
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+  if (yyn)
+    goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the |
+| error token                                                    |
+`---------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrpop:
+  if (yyssp == yyss)
+    YYABORT;
+  yyvsp--;
+  yystate = *--yyssp;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+      while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
+	YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+/*--------------.
+| yyerrhandle.  |
+`--------------*/
+yyerrhandle:
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn += YYTERROR;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrpop;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrpop;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, "));
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------.
+| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here.  |
+`-------------------------------------*/
+yyacceptlab:
+  yyresult = 0;
+  goto yyreturn;
+
+/*-----------------------------------.
+| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here.  |
+`-----------------------------------*/
+yyabortlab:
+  yyresult = 1;
+  goto yyreturn;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------.
+| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here.  |
+`---------------------------------------------*/
+yyoverflowlab:
+  yyerror ("parser stack overflow");
+  yyresult = 2;
+  /* Fall through.  */
+
+yyreturn:
+#ifndef yyoverflow
+  if (yyss != yyssa)
+    YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
+#endif
+  return yyresult;
+}
+#line 229 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural.y
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural.y	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/plural.y	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+   but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 7
+
+%union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
+%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
+%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
+%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
+%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
+%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
+%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
+%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
+%right '!'		/*   !		*/
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start:	  exp
+	  {
+	    if ($1 == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+	  }
+	| exp '|' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp '&' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp EQUOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp CMPOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp ADDOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp MULOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| '!' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+	  }
+	| 'n'
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+	| NUMBER
+	  {
+	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      $$->val.num = $1;
+	  }
+	| '(' exp ')'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
Index: /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/textdomain.c
===================================================================
--- /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/textdomain.c	(revision 2395)
+++ /vendor/glibc/2005-03-05/intl/textdomain.c	(revision 2395)
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  char *new_domain;
+  char *old_domain;
+
+  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+    {
+      _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+      new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+    /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+       environment variable changed.  */
+    new_domain = old_domain;
+  else
+    {
+      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
+	 are out of core.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+    }
+
+  /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+     since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+     to do it.  Do it only when the call was successful.  */
+  if (new_domain != NULL)
+    {
+      ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+      if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+	free (old_domain);
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif
